1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
31 #include "blockinput.h"
33 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
34 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
35 #include "syssignal.h"
37 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
38 if this is not done before the other system files. */
40 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
42 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
43 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
45 #include <sys/types.h>
48 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
57 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
58 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
61 #include "character.h"
64 #include "dispextern.h"
66 #include "termhooks.h"
69 #include "emacs-icon.h"
74 #include "intervals.h"
80 #include "xsettings.h"
82 #include "sysselect.h"
85 #include <X11/Shell.h>
88 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
97 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
102 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
106 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
108 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
109 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
111 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
113 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
114 #if defined USE_MOTIF
115 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
116 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
117 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
120 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
121 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
123 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
124 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
125 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
126 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
128 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
129 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
130 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
131 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
133 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
137 #ifndef XtNinitialState
138 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
142 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
146 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
151 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
154 static int any_help_event_p
;
156 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
157 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
159 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
162 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
164 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
165 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
166 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
167 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
169 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
171 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
172 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
173 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
174 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
176 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
178 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
180 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
182 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
187 } pending_event_wait
;
190 /* The application context for Xt use. */
191 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
192 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
194 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
196 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
197 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
199 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
200 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
201 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
203 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
207 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
208 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
209 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
210 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
212 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
214 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
215 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
216 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
217 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
218 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
219 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
220 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
221 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
222 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
225 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
227 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
228 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
229 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
231 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
233 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
234 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
237 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
238 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
241 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
243 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
244 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
245 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
246 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
247 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
248 it's somewhat accurate. */
250 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
252 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
254 static Time last_user_time
;
256 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
260 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
262 static int input_signal_count
;
265 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
267 static int x_noop_count
;
269 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
271 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
272 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
275 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
276 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
278 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
279 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
282 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
283 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
287 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
292 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
293 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
294 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
295 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
297 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
298 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
299 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
301 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
302 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
303 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
304 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
305 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
308 /* Used in x_flush. */
310 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
311 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
312 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
313 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
314 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
315 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
317 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
318 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
319 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
320 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
321 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
322 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
323 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
324 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
325 static void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int) NO_RETURN
;
326 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
327 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
328 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
329 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
330 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
331 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
332 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
333 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
334 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
335 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
336 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
337 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
339 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
340 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
341 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
342 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
343 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
344 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
345 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
346 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
347 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
349 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
350 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
351 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
352 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
353 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
354 int *, struct input_event
*);
356 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
358 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
359 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
360 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
361 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
362 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
363 static void x_initialize (void);
366 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
369 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
371 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
372 connection may be broken. */
373 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
379 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
380 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
381 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
382 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
384 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
385 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
390 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
391 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
392 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
393 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
394 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
397 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
400 /***********************************************************************
402 ***********************************************************************/
406 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
407 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
415 struct record event_record
[100];
417 int event_record_index
;
420 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
422 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
423 event_record_index
= 0;
425 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
426 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
427 event_record_index
++;
434 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
436 struct x_display_info
*
437 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
439 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
441 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
442 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
449 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
451 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
452 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
453 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
455 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
459 unsigned int nchildren
;
462 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
469 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
472 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
474 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
475 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
476 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
478 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
482 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
487 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
488 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
489 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
490 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
494 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
496 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
499 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
501 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
503 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
504 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
505 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
506 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
508 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
510 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
511 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
512 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
514 /* return unless necessary */
519 unsigned long n
, left
;
521 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
522 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
523 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
526 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
528 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
529 XFree ((void *) data
);
538 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
539 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
540 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
545 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
547 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
551 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
553 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
557 /***********************************************************************
558 Starting and ending an update
559 ***********************************************************************/
561 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
562 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
563 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
564 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
565 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
568 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
574 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
575 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
579 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
581 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
582 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
585 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
589 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
591 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
592 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
594 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
596 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
597 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
604 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
607 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
609 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
612 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
614 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
617 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
618 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
621 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
623 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
624 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
626 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
627 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
628 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
630 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
631 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
635 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
637 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
639 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
644 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
646 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
648 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
649 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
654 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
655 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
656 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
658 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
659 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
660 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
663 updated_window
= NULL
;
667 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
671 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
673 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
674 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
678 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
684 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
685 complete update has been performed. The global variable
686 updated_window is not available here. */
689 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
693 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
695 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
696 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
699 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
700 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
701 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
702 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
703 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
710 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
711 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
712 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
713 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
714 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
715 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
718 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
720 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
726 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
727 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
729 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
730 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
731 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
732 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
733 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
734 overhead is very small. */
735 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
736 && desired_row
->full_width_p
737 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
738 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
740 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
743 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
746 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
747 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
748 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
749 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
750 y
, width
, height
, False
);
756 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
758 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
759 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
760 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
761 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
762 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
764 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
765 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
769 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
771 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
772 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
773 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
774 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
776 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
778 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
780 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
781 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
782 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
783 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
784 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
785 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
786 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
787 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
789 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
793 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
794 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
795 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
799 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
800 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
801 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
802 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
806 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
808 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
809 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
811 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
816 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
818 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
819 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
821 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
822 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
827 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
828 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
831 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
837 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
838 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
842 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
844 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
846 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
848 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
850 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
851 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
853 face
->background
, depth
);
857 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
858 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
861 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
862 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
863 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
864 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
867 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
868 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
869 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
873 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
874 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
875 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
879 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
884 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
885 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
886 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
890 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
894 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
895 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
898 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
903 /***********************************************************************
905 ***********************************************************************/
909 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
910 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
911 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
913 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
914 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
915 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
916 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
917 static void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int) NO_RETURN
;
918 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
919 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
920 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
921 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
922 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
923 unsigned long *, double, int);
924 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
925 double, int, unsigned long);
926 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
927 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
928 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
929 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
930 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
931 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
933 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
934 int, int, int, int, int, int,
936 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
937 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
938 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
941 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
945 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
949 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
951 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
952 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
953 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
955 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
958 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
962 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
963 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
965 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
966 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
967 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
968 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
969 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
970 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
971 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
973 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
974 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
975 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
977 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
978 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
981 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
982 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
983 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
985 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
986 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
989 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
990 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
992 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
997 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1000 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1005 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1006 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1007 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1009 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1011 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1012 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1014 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1015 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1016 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1018 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1019 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1022 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1027 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1028 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1029 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1030 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1032 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1033 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1036 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1037 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1039 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1042 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1046 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1047 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1048 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1051 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1053 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1057 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1058 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1062 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1064 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1066 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1068 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1069 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1071 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1073 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1074 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1076 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1078 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1081 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1083 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1084 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1086 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1087 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1089 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1090 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1094 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1095 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1098 /* GC must have been set. */
1099 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1103 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1104 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1107 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1109 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1110 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1113 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1118 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1119 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1123 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1128 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1130 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1133 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1138 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1141 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1144 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1145 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1147 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1149 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1151 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1152 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1155 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1156 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1157 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1161 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1163 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1165 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1166 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1167 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1171 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1172 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1177 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1180 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1183 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1184 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1185 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1186 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1190 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1191 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1192 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1193 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1194 contains the first component of a composition. */
1197 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1199 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1200 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1201 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1203 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1207 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1208 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1209 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1210 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1211 s
->background_width
,
1212 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1213 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1214 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1216 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1217 || s
->font_not_found_p
1218 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1221 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1222 s
->background_width
,
1223 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1224 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1230 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1233 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1237 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1238 of S to the right of that box line. */
1239 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1240 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1241 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1245 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1247 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1249 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1251 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1252 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1253 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1255 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1260 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1261 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1264 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1265 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1267 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1269 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1270 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1272 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1273 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1274 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1278 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1281 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1284 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1286 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1287 of S to the right of that box line. */
1288 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1289 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1290 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1294 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1295 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1296 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1297 this composition. */
1299 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1300 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1301 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1303 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1304 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1305 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1307 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1311 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1312 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1313 space on the left or right. */
1314 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1316 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1317 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1319 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1320 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1321 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1326 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1331 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1333 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1334 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1335 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1338 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1342 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1343 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1344 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1347 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1348 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1349 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1350 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1351 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1352 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1360 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1361 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1362 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1368 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1371 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1373 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1377 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1378 of S to the right of that box line. */
1379 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1380 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1381 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1387 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1389 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1390 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1392 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1395 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1396 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1400 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1401 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1402 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1403 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1404 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1405 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1408 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1410 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1411 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1412 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1418 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1421 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1422 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1424 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1425 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1427 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1428 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1429 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1431 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1432 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1433 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1436 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1437 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1438 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1439 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1440 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1441 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1445 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1447 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1448 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1449 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1450 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1451 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1454 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1455 cannot be determined. */
1457 static struct frame
*
1458 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1460 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1464 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1466 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1467 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1468 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1469 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1470 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1471 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1473 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1474 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1475 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1476 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1477 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1479 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1480 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1481 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1490 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1491 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1492 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1493 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1494 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1495 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1498 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1499 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1501 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1502 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1508 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1509 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1511 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1513 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1515 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1520 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1521 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1523 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1526 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1528 DPY is the display we are working on.
1530 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1531 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1532 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1533 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1535 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1536 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1538 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1539 we allocated the color or not.
1541 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1544 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1545 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1546 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1556 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1557 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1559 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1563 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1564 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1565 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1567 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1569 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1570 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1572 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1574 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1575 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1577 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1578 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1580 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1581 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1586 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1588 params
[0] = color_name
;
1589 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1590 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1591 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1596 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1598 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1600 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1604 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1608 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1609 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1612 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1617 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1618 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1619 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1621 APP is the application context in which we work.
1623 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1624 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1625 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1627 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1630 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1635 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1637 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1640 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1642 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1643 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1644 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1645 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1646 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1651 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1654 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1655 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1656 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1657 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1659 static const XColor
*
1660 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1662 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1664 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1666 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1667 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1670 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1671 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1672 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1674 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1675 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1677 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1678 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1681 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1682 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1686 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1687 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1690 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1692 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1694 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1697 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1699 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1700 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1701 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1702 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1706 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1710 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1711 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1714 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1716 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1720 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1721 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1722 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1726 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1730 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1733 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1734 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1735 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1736 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1738 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1739 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1740 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1742 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1744 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1746 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1747 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1748 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1749 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1751 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1754 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1758 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1759 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1760 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1761 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1765 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1766 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1767 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1768 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1769 XColor
*cached_color
;
1771 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1772 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1773 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1774 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1775 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1777 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1778 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1779 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1783 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1785 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1786 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1792 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1793 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1794 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1798 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1800 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1801 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1805 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1806 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1807 get color reference counts right. */
1810 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1814 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1816 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1817 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1819 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1820 register_color (pixel
);
1826 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1829 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1830 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1831 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1832 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1833 use an additional additive factor.
1835 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1836 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1837 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1840 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1841 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1842 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1843 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1844 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1845 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1848 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1854 /* Get RGB color values. */
1855 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1856 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1858 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1859 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1860 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1861 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1862 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1864 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1865 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1867 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1868 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1869 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1870 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1871 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1873 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1874 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1875 /* The additive adjustment. */
1876 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1880 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1881 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1882 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1886 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1887 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1888 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1892 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1893 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1896 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1898 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1899 delta to the RGB values. */
1900 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1902 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1903 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1904 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1905 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1916 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1917 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1918 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1919 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1920 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1921 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1924 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1927 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1928 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1929 unsigned long pixel
;
1930 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1931 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1932 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1933 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1935 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1936 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1938 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1939 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1940 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1942 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1944 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1945 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1948 /* Allocate new color. */
1949 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1951 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1952 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1954 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1955 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1958 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1960 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1962 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1965 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1969 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1972 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1974 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1975 unsigned long color
;
1977 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1978 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1979 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1981 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1982 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1987 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1988 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1989 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1992 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1993 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1995 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1996 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1997 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1998 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1999 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2004 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2005 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2006 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2007 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2008 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2009 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2013 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2014 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2015 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
2016 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2018 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2019 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2024 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2026 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2027 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2029 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2030 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2031 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2038 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2039 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2040 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2042 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2043 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2044 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2045 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2052 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2054 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2055 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2057 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2058 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2059 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2062 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2064 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2066 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2067 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2071 /* Outermost top line. */
2073 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2074 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2075 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2077 /* Outermost left line. */
2079 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2085 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2086 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2087 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2088 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2089 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2090 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2091 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2097 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2098 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2099 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2100 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2101 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2104 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2108 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2109 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2110 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2111 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2112 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2113 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2116 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2117 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2118 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2122 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2123 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2124 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2127 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2128 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2132 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2133 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2136 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2137 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2141 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2142 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2144 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2145 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2149 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2152 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2154 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2155 int left_p
, right_p
;
2156 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2157 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2159 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2160 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2161 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2163 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2164 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2166 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2168 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2169 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2171 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2173 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2175 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2177 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2178 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2180 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2181 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2182 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2184 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2186 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2188 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2189 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2190 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2193 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2194 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2195 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2200 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2203 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2206 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2208 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2209 right of that line. */
2210 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2211 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2213 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2215 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2217 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2218 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2219 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2220 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2226 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2227 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2228 trust on the shape extension to be available
2229 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2231 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2234 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2236 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2237 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2238 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2239 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2240 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2242 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2245 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2246 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2247 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2248 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2249 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2250 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2254 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2256 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2259 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2260 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2261 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2262 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2263 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2264 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2266 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2267 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2268 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2269 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2270 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2271 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2272 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2274 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2275 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2276 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2277 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2278 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2279 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2284 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2285 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2286 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2290 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2293 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2295 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2298 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2300 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2301 right of that line. */
2302 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2303 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2305 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2307 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2309 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2310 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2311 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2312 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2314 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2315 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2317 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2318 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2322 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2323 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2326 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2327 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2329 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2330 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2331 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2332 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2334 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2335 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2336 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2338 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2340 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2345 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2348 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2351 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2353 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2354 right of that line. */
2355 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2356 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2358 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2360 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2362 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2363 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2364 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2365 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2371 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2372 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2373 trust on the shape extension to be available
2374 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2376 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2380 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2381 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2382 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2383 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2384 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2386 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2387 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2388 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2389 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2393 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2394 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2395 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2397 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2398 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2399 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2400 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2401 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2402 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2403 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2405 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2407 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2408 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2409 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2414 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2415 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2416 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2420 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2421 give the rectangle to draw. */
2424 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2428 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2429 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2430 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2431 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2434 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2438 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2441 s->x +-------------------------
2444 | +-------------------------
2447 | | +-------------------
2453 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2455 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2456 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2458 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2461 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2462 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2463 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2464 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2466 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2467 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2469 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2470 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2474 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2475 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2479 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2480 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2481 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2482 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2483 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2485 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2486 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2487 s
->background_width
,
2490 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2492 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2494 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2497 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2498 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2499 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2500 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2501 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2502 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2503 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2508 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2510 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2511 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2512 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2513 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2521 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2523 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2525 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2526 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2528 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2531 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2534 /* Draw the foreground. */
2537 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2538 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2539 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2540 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2541 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2544 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2546 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2548 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2549 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2550 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2554 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2557 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2559 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2561 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2562 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2564 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2565 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2566 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2569 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2571 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2575 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2581 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2583 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2585 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2586 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2587 x
+= background_width
;
2589 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2590 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2594 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2596 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2597 if (width
< background_width
)
2600 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2604 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2608 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2609 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2611 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2617 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2618 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2620 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2622 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2623 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2624 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2625 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2630 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2631 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2632 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2633 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2637 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2639 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2640 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2642 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2643 except for header line and mode line. */
2644 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2646 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2649 if (background_width
> 0)
2650 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2653 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2657 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2660 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2662 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2664 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2665 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2666 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2667 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2670 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2672 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2673 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2674 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2675 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2677 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2678 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2679 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2680 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2682 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2683 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2687 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2688 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2690 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2691 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2692 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2693 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2694 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2695 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2698 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2699 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2700 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2701 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2704 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2706 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2707 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2708 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2709 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2710 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2711 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2713 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2715 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2718 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2722 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2726 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2727 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2729 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2730 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2733 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2734 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2735 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2736 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2738 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2739 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2742 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2743 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2744 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2746 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2747 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2754 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2756 /* Draw underline. */
2757 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2759 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2762 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2764 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2765 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2766 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2770 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2771 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2772 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2775 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2776 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2779 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2780 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2781 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2782 specs, and its default is
2784 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2785 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2787 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2788 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2789 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2791 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2793 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2795 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2797 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2798 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2799 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2800 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2801 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2802 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2803 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2804 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2805 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2806 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2807 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2808 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2812 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2813 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2814 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2815 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2816 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2820 /* Draw overline. */
2821 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2823 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2825 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2826 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2831 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2832 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2833 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2835 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2839 /* Draw strike-through. */
2840 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2842 unsigned long h
= 1;
2843 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2845 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2846 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2851 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2852 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2853 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2855 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2859 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2860 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2861 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2865 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2867 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2868 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2869 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2871 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2872 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2873 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2876 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2877 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2878 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2879 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2881 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2882 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2884 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2890 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2892 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2893 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2894 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2896 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2897 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2898 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2901 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2902 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2903 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2904 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2906 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2907 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2909 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2914 /* Reset clipping. */
2915 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2919 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2922 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2924 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2925 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2926 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2930 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2934 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2940 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2941 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2944 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2946 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2947 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2951 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2954 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2956 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2958 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2959 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2960 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2962 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2963 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2966 /* The following call is commented out because it does not seem to accomplish
2967 anything, apart from causing flickering during window resize. */
2968 /* XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); */
2970 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2971 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2972 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2974 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2975 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2976 redisplay, do it here. */
2977 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2978 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2981 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2988 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2990 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2991 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2993 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2996 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2997 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
3000 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
3002 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
3003 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
3004 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
3006 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
3007 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
3011 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
3013 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
3014 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3018 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3020 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3021 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3023 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3025 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3029 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3035 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3036 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3037 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3039 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3040 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3041 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3042 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3044 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3048 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3051 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3052 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3053 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3054 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3055 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3056 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3057 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3058 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3059 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3062 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3063 pixels into background pixels. */
3067 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3068 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3069 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3071 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3072 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3076 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3077 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3078 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3079 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3080 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3081 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3082 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3086 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3087 edge it is next to. */
3088 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3090 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3091 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3094 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3095 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3102 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3104 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3105 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3107 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3109 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3110 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3111 width
, flash_height
);
3112 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3114 (height
- flash_height
3115 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3116 width
, flash_height
);
3120 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3121 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3122 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3123 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3128 struct timeval wakeup
;
3130 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3132 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3133 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3134 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3135 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3137 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3139 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3141 struct timeval current
;
3142 struct timeval timeout
;
3144 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3146 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3147 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3150 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3152 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3154 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3155 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3159 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3160 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3162 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3164 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3165 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3166 width
, flash_height
);
3167 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3169 (height
- flash_height
3170 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3171 width
, flash_height
);
3174 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3175 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3176 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3177 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3183 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3185 #undef XFillRectangle
3187 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3196 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3200 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3205 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3206 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3207 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3210 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3211 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3212 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3217 /* Make audible bell. */
3220 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3222 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3224 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3231 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3232 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3239 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3240 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3241 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3242 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3245 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3247 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3252 /***********************************************************************
3254 ***********************************************************************/
3256 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3257 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3260 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3266 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3269 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3271 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3272 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3274 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3275 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3277 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3279 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3280 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3281 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3282 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3283 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3284 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3285 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3286 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3288 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3292 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3293 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3294 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3296 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3298 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3299 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3301 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3302 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3307 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3308 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3309 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3313 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3314 line at the bottom. */
3315 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3316 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3318 height
= run
->height
;
3322 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3324 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3325 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3327 height
= run
->height
;
3332 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3336 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3337 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3338 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3348 /***********************************************************************
3350 ***********************************************************************/
3354 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3356 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3357 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3358 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3359 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3361 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3362 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3363 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3364 because of this (bug#9310). */
3365 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3366 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3367 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3368 x_uncatch_errors ();
3370 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3371 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3375 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3377 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3378 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3379 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3380 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3382 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3383 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3384 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3385 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3386 x_uncatch_errors ();
3388 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3389 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3392 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3393 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3394 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3395 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3396 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3399 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3401 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3403 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3405 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3406 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3407 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3409 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3410 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3412 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3413 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3415 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3418 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3421 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3422 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3423 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3426 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3428 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3430 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3432 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3433 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3435 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3436 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3437 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3438 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3439 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3441 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3442 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3446 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3449 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3450 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3453 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3455 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3457 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3459 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3460 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3464 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3465 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3467 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3468 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3472 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3473 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3475 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3478 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3480 struct frame
*frame
;
3482 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3486 switch (event
->type
)
3491 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3493 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3495 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3496 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3497 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3498 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3500 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3506 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3507 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3508 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3509 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3513 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3515 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3516 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3517 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3524 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3525 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3528 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3530 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3534 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3535 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3536 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3538 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3539 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3540 the appropriate X display info. */
3543 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3545 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3549 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3551 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3553 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3555 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3556 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3557 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3558 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3559 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3561 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3562 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3566 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3568 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3571 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3572 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3573 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3579 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3581 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3583 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3585 int min_code
, max_code
;
3588 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3590 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3591 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3592 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3593 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3594 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3596 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3598 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3599 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3601 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3603 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3604 Alt keysyms are on. */
3606 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3607 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3609 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3611 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3612 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3614 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3616 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3620 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3624 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3626 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3632 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3633 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3638 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3639 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3644 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3645 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3646 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3647 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3652 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3653 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3654 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3655 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3659 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3660 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3661 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3662 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3663 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3672 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3673 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3675 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3676 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3679 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3680 make them just meta, not alt. */
3681 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3683 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3686 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3687 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3690 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3694 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3696 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3697 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3698 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3699 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3702 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3703 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3704 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3705 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3706 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3707 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3708 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3709 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3712 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3713 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3714 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3715 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3716 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3717 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3721 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3723 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3724 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3725 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3726 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3730 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3731 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3732 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3733 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3734 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3735 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3736 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3737 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3740 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3741 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3742 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3743 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3744 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3745 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3748 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3751 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3756 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3764 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3766 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3768 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3772 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3774 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3776 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3777 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3778 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3779 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3781 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3785 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3786 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3787 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3793 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3794 The input handler calls this.
3796 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3797 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3798 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3799 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3801 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3802 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3805 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3807 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3808 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3809 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3811 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3814 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3816 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3817 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3818 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3819 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3824 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3825 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3826 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3827 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3828 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3829 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3831 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3832 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3833 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3834 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3835 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3836 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3844 /************************************************************************
3846 ************************************************************************/
3849 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3851 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3852 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3853 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3854 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3855 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3860 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3861 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3863 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3864 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3865 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3866 position on the scroll bar.
3868 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3869 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3872 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3873 was at this position.
3875 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3877 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3881 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3882 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3889 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3890 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3896 Window dummy_window
;
3899 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3901 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3902 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3903 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3904 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3905 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3907 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3909 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3910 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3911 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3913 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3916 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3917 a different screen. */
3920 /* The position on that root window. */
3923 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3926 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3928 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3930 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3931 containing the pointer. */
3935 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3939 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3940 structure is changing at the same time this function
3941 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3943 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3945 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3946 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3948 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3949 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3950 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3952 /* From-window, to-window. */
3953 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3955 /* From-position, to-position. */
3956 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3960 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3966 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3968 /* From-window, to-window. */
3971 /* From-position, to-position. */
3972 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3977 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3980 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3981 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3982 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3983 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3984 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3992 /* Now we know that:
3993 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3994 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3995 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3996 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3997 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3998 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3999 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4000 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4001 never use them in that case.) */
4004 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4005 want the edit window. */
4006 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4008 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4009 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4012 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4013 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4016 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4017 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4019 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4022 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4025 x_uncatch_errors ();
4027 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4030 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4032 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4036 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4042 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4043 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4047 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4048 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4049 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4050 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4051 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4052 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4053 the frame are divided into. */
4055 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4056 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4061 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4062 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4063 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4073 /***********************************************************************
4075 ***********************************************************************/
4077 /* Scroll bar support. */
4079 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4081 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4084 static struct scroll_bar
*
4085 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4089 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4090 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4091 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4093 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4095 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4097 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4098 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4099 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4102 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4105 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4107 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4108 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4109 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4110 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4111 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4114 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4115 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4116 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4117 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4124 #if defined USE_LUCID
4126 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4127 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4130 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4134 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4136 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4138 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4139 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4141 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4149 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4152 /************************************************************************
4154 ************************************************************************/
4156 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4158 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4159 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4160 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4161 struct scroll_bar
*);
4162 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4166 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4167 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4169 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4171 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4173 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4175 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4176 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4179 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4181 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4183 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4185 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4186 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4187 to avoid jerkiness. */
4189 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4191 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4192 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4193 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4194 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4197 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4198 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4201 const char *end_action
;
4204 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4205 end_action
= "Release";
4206 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4207 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4208 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4209 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4212 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4213 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4217 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4218 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4219 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4221 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4223 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4224 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4225 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4227 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4228 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4230 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4231 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4234 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4236 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4237 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4239 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4240 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4243 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4244 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4245 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4246 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4249 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4252 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4253 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4254 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4259 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4260 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4261 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4262 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4263 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4266 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4267 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4268 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4269 into that array in the event. */
4270 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4271 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4274 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4276 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4277 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4279 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4280 scroll_bar_windows
=
4281 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4282 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4283 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4284 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4287 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4288 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4289 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4290 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4291 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4292 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4294 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4295 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4296 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4297 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4300 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4301 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4302 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4303 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4308 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4312 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4314 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4318 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4319 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4321 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4323 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4324 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4327 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4330 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4332 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4333 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4334 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4335 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4336 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4342 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4344 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4347 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4348 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4349 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4352 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4354 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4355 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4356 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4360 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4361 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4362 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4365 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4366 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4367 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4370 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4371 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4372 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4375 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4376 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4377 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4381 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4382 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4385 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4386 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4387 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4394 /* Get the slider size. */
4396 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4399 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4400 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4401 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4402 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4406 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4412 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4413 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4414 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4418 #elif defined USE_GTK
4420 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4421 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4424 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4425 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4429 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4431 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4432 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4433 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4435 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4436 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4441 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4442 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4443 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4444 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4446 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4447 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4448 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4449 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4450 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4453 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4454 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4455 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4457 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4458 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4459 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4461 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4462 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4463 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4465 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4466 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4467 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4473 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4474 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4475 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4481 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4484 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4485 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4488 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4489 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4490 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4492 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4493 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4494 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4501 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4503 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4504 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4505 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4509 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4511 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4512 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4514 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4517 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4519 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4523 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4525 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4526 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4527 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4528 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4529 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4531 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4533 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4535 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4536 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4537 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4538 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4542 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4543 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4544 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4545 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4546 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4547 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4548 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4551 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4553 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4554 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4555 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4559 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4561 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4564 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4565 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4567 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4568 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4569 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4570 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4572 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4574 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4575 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4576 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4577 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4580 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4582 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4584 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4585 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4589 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4591 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4594 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4595 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4600 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4603 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4609 char const *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4610 unsigned long pixel
;
4615 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4616 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4617 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4618 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4619 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4620 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4621 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4622 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4624 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4627 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4631 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4634 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4638 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4639 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4641 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4642 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4644 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4646 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4648 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4650 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4652 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4654 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4657 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4658 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4660 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4661 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4662 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4663 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4665 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4667 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4668 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4669 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4670 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4671 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4672 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4673 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4674 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4676 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4679 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4683 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4686 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4690 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4692 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4693 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4695 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4698 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4699 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4700 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4702 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4705 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4707 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4710 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4711 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4712 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4714 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4718 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4719 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4720 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4721 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4722 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4723 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4724 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4727 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4728 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4732 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4733 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4734 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4736 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4738 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4741 /* Specify the colors. */
4742 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4745 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4748 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4751 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4757 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4758 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4761 char const *initial
= "";
4762 char const *val
= initial
;
4763 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4764 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4765 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4767 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4768 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4769 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4770 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4771 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4772 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4776 /* Define callbacks. */
4777 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4778 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4781 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4782 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4784 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4786 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4787 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4788 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4789 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4791 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4792 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4793 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4794 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4798 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4801 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4802 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4806 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4808 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4811 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4813 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4816 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4817 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4824 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4825 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4826 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4827 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4828 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4829 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4830 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4831 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4832 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4833 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4834 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4835 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4836 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4837 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4844 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4845 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4848 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4852 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4853 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4855 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4856 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4857 size
= max (size
, 1);
4859 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4860 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4861 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4863 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4865 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4871 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4872 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4876 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4878 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4879 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4880 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4884 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4885 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4886 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4889 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4890 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4892 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4893 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4894 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4895 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4897 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4898 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4901 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4902 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4903 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4905 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4909 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4913 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4915 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4919 /************************************************************************
4920 Scroll bars, general
4921 ************************************************************************/
4923 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4924 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4925 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4928 static struct scroll_bar
*
4929 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4931 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4932 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4933 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4937 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4938 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4939 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4941 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4945 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4946 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4947 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4949 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4950 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4952 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4954 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4956 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4957 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4958 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4959 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4960 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4962 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4964 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4965 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4966 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4968 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4970 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4977 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4979 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4981 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4985 bar
->height
= height
;
4988 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4989 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4991 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4992 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4994 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4995 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4996 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4998 /* Map the window/widget. */
4999 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5002 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5005 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5006 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5008 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5009 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5010 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5011 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5013 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5014 max (height
, 1), 0);
5015 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5016 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5018 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5019 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5020 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5027 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5029 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5031 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5032 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5033 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5036 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5037 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5038 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5039 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5040 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5043 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5045 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5046 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5047 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5048 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5050 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5052 && start
== bar
->start
5059 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5060 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5061 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5063 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5064 the distance between start and end. */
5066 int length
= end
- start
;
5070 else if (start
> top_range
)
5072 end
= start
+ length
;
5076 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5080 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5084 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5085 if (end
> top_range
)
5088 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5089 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5090 that many pixels tall. */
5091 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5093 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5094 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5096 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5097 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5098 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5099 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5100 inside_width
, start
,
5103 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5104 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5105 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5106 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5108 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5109 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5110 /* x, y, width, height */
5111 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5112 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5113 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5115 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5116 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5117 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5118 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5120 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5121 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5122 if (end
< inside_height
)
5123 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5124 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5125 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5126 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5127 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5135 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5137 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5141 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5143 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5146 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5148 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5149 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5150 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5151 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5153 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5156 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5157 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5163 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5164 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5165 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5169 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5171 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5172 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5173 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5174 int window_y
, window_height
;
5175 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5176 int fringe_extended_p
;
5179 /* Get window dimensions. */
5180 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5182 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5183 height
= window_height
;
5185 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5186 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5188 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5189 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5190 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5191 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5195 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5196 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5197 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5198 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5200 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5202 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5203 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5208 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5209 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5210 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5211 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5212 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5213 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5215 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5216 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5217 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5218 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5221 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5222 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5224 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5227 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5228 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5229 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5230 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5233 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5234 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5238 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5242 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5243 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5245 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5249 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5251 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5253 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5255 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5258 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5260 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5261 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5263 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5264 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5265 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5267 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5268 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5269 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5271 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5272 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5275 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5278 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5279 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5281 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5282 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5283 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5285 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5286 max (height
, 1), 0);
5287 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5289 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5291 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5292 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5293 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5295 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5296 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5298 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5299 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5300 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5304 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5305 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5306 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5309 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5310 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5311 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5313 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5314 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5315 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5316 rest
, height
, False
);
5318 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5319 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5323 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5328 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5330 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5332 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5336 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5338 /* Remember new settings. */
5339 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5341 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5342 bar
->height
= height
;
5347 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5348 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5350 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5351 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5352 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5354 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5356 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5359 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5362 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5363 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5364 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5367 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5369 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5373 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5374 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5375 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5376 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5377 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5378 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5379 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5381 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5382 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5383 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5386 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5388 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5389 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5392 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5393 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5394 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5395 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5396 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5397 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5398 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5403 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5404 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5407 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5409 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5412 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5413 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5416 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5418 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5419 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5420 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5422 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5424 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5425 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5427 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5428 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5429 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5431 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5432 one or the other! */
5436 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5438 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5439 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5441 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5443 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5444 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5445 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5448 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5449 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5452 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5454 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5456 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5458 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5459 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5460 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5462 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5464 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5466 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5469 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5472 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5473 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5477 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5478 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5479 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5481 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5485 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5487 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5488 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5489 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5490 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5494 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5496 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5497 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5498 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5499 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5501 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5502 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5504 /* x, y, width, height */
5506 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5509 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5510 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5511 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5512 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5517 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5519 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5520 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5522 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5527 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5529 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5532 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5533 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5534 emacs_event
->modifiers
5535 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5536 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5537 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5538 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5541 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5542 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5543 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5546 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5547 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5550 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5553 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5554 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5555 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5557 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5559 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5560 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5561 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5562 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5564 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5565 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5567 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5568 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5572 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5573 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5577 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5579 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5581 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5585 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5587 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5589 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5592 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5594 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5595 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5597 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5598 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5600 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5602 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5604 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5609 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5611 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5612 on the scroll bar. */
5615 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5616 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5617 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5619 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5620 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5621 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5623 Window dummy_window
;
5625 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5629 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5631 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5633 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5634 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5635 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5637 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5640 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5646 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5648 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5650 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5651 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5655 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5659 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5661 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5662 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5663 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5664 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5665 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5666 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5668 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5670 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5671 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5674 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5677 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5683 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5684 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5685 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5689 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5691 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5694 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5695 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5696 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5697 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5698 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5699 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5700 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5701 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5703 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5707 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5709 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5710 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5711 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5712 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5714 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5715 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5717 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5719 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5720 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5722 static int temp_index
;
5723 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5725 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5726 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5728 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5730 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5731 on a particular display. */
5733 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5735 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5736 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5737 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5738 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5740 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5742 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5743 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5746 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5747 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5748 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5749 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5750 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5751 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5763 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5764 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5765 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5767 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5769 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5773 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5775 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5776 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5777 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5780 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5781 event
->xclient
.window
);
5783 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5788 static int current_count
;
5789 static int current_finish
;
5790 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5792 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5793 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5794 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5795 static GdkFilterReturn
5796 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5798 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5801 if (current_count
>= 0)
5803 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5805 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5808 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5809 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5810 so we do it here. */
5811 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5813 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5816 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5821 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5824 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5828 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5832 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5833 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5835 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5837 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5840 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5841 enum xembed_message
,
5842 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5844 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5846 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5847 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5848 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5850 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5853 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5854 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5857 struct input_event ie
;
5858 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5862 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5863 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5864 struct coding_system coding
;
5865 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5866 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5869 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5871 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5872 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5875 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5876 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5882 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5883 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5884 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5886 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5887 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5889 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5890 could be the shell widget window
5891 if the frame has no title bar. */
5892 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5894 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5895 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5896 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5898 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5899 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5900 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5901 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5902 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5905 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5906 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5907 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5908 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5911 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5912 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5913 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5916 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5917 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5918 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5920 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5921 /* The ICCCM says this is
5922 the only valid choice. */
5924 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5925 /* This is needed to detect the error
5926 if there is an error. */
5928 x_uncatch_errors ();
5930 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5935 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5936 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5938 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5939 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5940 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5941 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5942 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5943 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5944 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5945 session manager and one for this. */
5947 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5950 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5951 event
.xclient
.window
);
5952 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5953 for a single Emacs process. */
5954 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5955 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5956 event
.xclient
.window
,
5957 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5959 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5960 event
.xclient
.window
,
5966 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5967 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5969 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5970 event
.xclient
.window
);
5972 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5974 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5975 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5982 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5983 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5988 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5989 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5992 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5994 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5995 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5999 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6006 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6007 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6009 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6011 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6015 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6017 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6018 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6019 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6020 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6022 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6023 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6024 currently never do because we are interested in
6025 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6026 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6027 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6030 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6031 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6035 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6036 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6037 we construct an input_event. */
6038 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6039 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6041 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6042 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6045 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6047 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6048 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6049 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6051 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6052 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6053 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6055 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6059 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6061 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6064 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6065 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6069 case SelectionNotify
:
6070 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6071 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6072 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6074 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6075 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6078 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6079 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6080 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6081 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6083 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6085 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6087 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6088 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6089 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6090 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6091 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6095 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6096 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6097 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6098 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6100 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6102 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6104 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6105 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6106 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6107 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6108 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6109 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6110 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6111 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6115 case PropertyNotify
:
6116 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6117 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6118 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6119 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
) && f
->iconified
)
6121 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed. It hides
6122 the frame. So if our state says we aren't hidden anymore,
6123 treat it as deiconified. */
6124 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6125 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6126 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6127 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6128 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6129 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6130 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6133 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6134 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6137 case ReparentNotify
:
6138 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6142 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6143 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6147 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6148 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6149 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6151 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6156 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6160 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6161 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6162 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6163 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6164 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6167 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6169 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6170 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6171 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6172 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6176 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6177 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6181 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6182 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6184 #if defined USE_LUCID
6185 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6186 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6187 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6190 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6192 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6194 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6196 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6197 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6199 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6200 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6201 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6204 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6205 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6208 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6209 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6213 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6214 source area was obscured or not
6216 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6220 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6221 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6222 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6224 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6227 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6230 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6231 source area was completely
6236 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6237 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6240 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6243 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6244 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6245 the frame was deleted. */
6247 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6248 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6249 display that won't ever be seen. */
6250 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6251 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6252 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6253 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6254 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6255 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6256 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6257 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6259 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6261 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6262 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6268 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6269 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6270 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6273 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6274 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6275 frame is visible. */
6276 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6279 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6280 the frame's display structures.
6281 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6282 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6283 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6284 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6285 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6286 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6288 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6289 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6290 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6291 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6293 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6294 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6295 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6299 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6300 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6302 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6303 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6304 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6305 to update the frame titles
6306 in case this is the second frame. */
6307 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6310 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6317 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6318 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6320 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6321 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6322 if (popup_activated ())
6326 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6328 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6329 mouse highlighting. */
6330 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6332 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6334 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6335 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6338 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6341 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6342 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6343 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6345 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6347 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6348 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6351 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6355 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6356 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6357 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6360 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6361 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6362 status_return even if the input is too long to
6363 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6364 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6365 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6366 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6367 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6368 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6369 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6371 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6375 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6376 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6377 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6379 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6383 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6384 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6385 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6387 /* This will have to go some day... */
6389 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6390 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6391 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6392 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6393 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6394 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6395 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6397 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6398 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6399 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6400 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6401 not it is combined with Meta. */
6402 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6403 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6408 Status status_return
;
6410 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6411 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6412 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6413 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6415 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6417 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6418 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6419 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6420 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6421 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6424 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6425 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6427 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6432 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6433 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6437 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6438 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6441 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6442 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6446 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6447 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6448 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6451 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6452 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6454 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6455 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6457 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6458 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6460 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6461 translations to characters. */
6462 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6463 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6465 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6466 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6470 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6471 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6473 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6474 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6476 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6477 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6481 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6482 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6483 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6487 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6488 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6489 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6490 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6494 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6495 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6496 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6497 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6498 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6499 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6501 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6502 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6504 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6505 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6506 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6507 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6508 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6510 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6511 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6513 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6514 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6516 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6517 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6519 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6520 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6522 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6523 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6525 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6526 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6528 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6529 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6531 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6532 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6534 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6535 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6537 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6538 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6540 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6541 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6543 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6544 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6546 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6547 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6549 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6550 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6551 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6552 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6553 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6554 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6555 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6556 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6557 don't have real modifiers but
6558 should be treated similarly to
6559 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6560 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6561 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6562 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6566 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6567 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6569 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6570 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6574 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6578 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6580 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6582 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6585 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6587 /* Decode the input data. */
6589 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6590 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6591 we used just above and the locale. */
6592 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6593 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6594 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6595 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6596 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6597 gives us composition information. */
6598 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6600 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6602 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6603 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6604 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6605 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6606 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6607 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6610 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6611 character events. */
6612 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6615 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6616 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6618 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6619 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6620 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6621 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6623 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6628 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6630 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6636 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6637 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6645 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6647 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6648 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6656 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6657 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6659 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6661 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6662 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6664 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6665 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6666 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6667 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6669 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6670 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6671 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6672 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6677 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6681 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6682 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6684 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6687 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6689 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6690 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6691 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6692 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6695 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6696 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6697 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6698 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6699 if (any_help_event_p
)
6703 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6704 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6705 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6710 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6715 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6716 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6717 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6719 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6720 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6721 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6723 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6725 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6727 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6728 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6732 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6738 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6739 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6740 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6744 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6745 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6748 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6749 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6750 will be selected only when it is active. */
6751 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6752 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6753 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6754 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6755 create event iff we don't leave the
6757 && (focus_follows_mouse
6758 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6759 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6761 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6762 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6767 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6768 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6772 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6773 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6774 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6775 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6778 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6779 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6781 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6782 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6783 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6786 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6787 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6788 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6789 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6794 case ConfigureNotify
:
6795 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6798 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6799 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6801 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6802 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6808 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6810 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6811 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6813 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6814 is called by the code that handles resizing
6815 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6817 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6818 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6819 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6820 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6821 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6822 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6823 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6825 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6826 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6827 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6830 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6831 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6832 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6836 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6837 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6838 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6839 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6842 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6846 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6847 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6856 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6857 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6860 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6861 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6862 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6864 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6866 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6867 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6869 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6872 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6877 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6878 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6879 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6882 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6883 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6885 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6886 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6888 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6890 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6891 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6892 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6893 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6898 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6899 if (! popup_activated ())
6902 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6904 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6905 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6907 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6908 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6910 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6911 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6914 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6916 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6917 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6918 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6922 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6923 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6924 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6926 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6927 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6929 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6931 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6932 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6934 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6936 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6937 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6940 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6942 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6943 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6946 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6949 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6951 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6952 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6953 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6957 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6958 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6959 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6960 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6961 Instead, save it away
6962 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6963 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6964 if (! popup_activated ()
6966 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6967 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6969 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6970 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6971 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6972 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6973 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6974 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6975 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6976 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6978 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6979 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6980 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6982 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6984 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6989 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6993 case CirculateNotify
:
6996 case CirculateRequest
:
6999 case VisibilityNotify
:
7003 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7005 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7007 case MappingModifier
:
7008 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7009 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7010 case MappingKeyboard
:
7011 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7016 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7021 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7023 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7024 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7026 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7031 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7033 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7038 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7043 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7049 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7050 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7051 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7055 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7056 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7066 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7068 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7069 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7070 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7072 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7074 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7076 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7077 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7079 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7082 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7089 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7090 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7091 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7093 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7094 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7095 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7098 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7101 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7104 int event_found
= 0;
7106 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7108 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7110 pending_signals
= 1;
7115 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7117 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7121 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7122 input_signal_count
++;
7126 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7127 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7129 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7130 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7134 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7139 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7142 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7143 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7148 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7149 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7151 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7159 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7160 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7161 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7162 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7164 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7165 from all displays. */
7167 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7169 current_count
= count
;
7170 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7172 gtk_main_iteration ();
7174 count
= current_count
;
7176 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7178 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7181 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7183 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7184 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7187 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7188 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7189 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7191 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7195 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7196 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7198 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7200 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7201 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7205 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7207 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7208 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7210 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7211 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7223 /***********************************************************************
7225 ***********************************************************************/
7227 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7228 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7230 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7231 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7232 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7235 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7237 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7238 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7239 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7241 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7243 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7244 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7245 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7246 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7247 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7249 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7253 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7256 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7258 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7259 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7260 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7263 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7266 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7267 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7268 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7269 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7272 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7273 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7274 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7276 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7277 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7278 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7279 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7280 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7282 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7283 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7284 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7286 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7287 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7288 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7289 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7293 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7295 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7296 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7297 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7301 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7303 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7304 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7306 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7307 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7309 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7310 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7313 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7314 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7315 the bar might not be in the window. */
7316 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7318 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7319 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7320 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7324 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7325 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7326 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7327 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7328 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7331 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7332 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7333 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7334 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7335 that the glyph is legible. */
7336 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7337 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7339 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7340 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7343 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7346 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7347 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7350 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7352 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7354 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7357 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7358 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7360 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7362 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7363 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7364 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7365 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7367 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7368 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7369 width
, row
->height
);
7373 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7376 width
= row
->height
;
7378 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7380 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7381 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7383 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7384 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7385 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7386 row
->height
- width
),
7387 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7390 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7395 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7398 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7400 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7401 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7402 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7403 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7407 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7410 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7412 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7413 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7415 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7416 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7417 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7422 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7425 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7427 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7431 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7432 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7434 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7435 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7436 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7437 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7439 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7440 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7444 switch (cursor_type
)
7446 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7447 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7450 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7451 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7455 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7459 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7463 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7472 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7473 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7474 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7479 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7486 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7489 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7491 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7493 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7496 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7497 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7498 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7499 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7504 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7505 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7506 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7508 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7509 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7510 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7514 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7515 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7521 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7522 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7525 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7527 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7529 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7533 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7536 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7537 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7541 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7542 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7546 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7547 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7548 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7549 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7550 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7552 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7555 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7556 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7562 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7563 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7566 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7568 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7573 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7574 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7576 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7577 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7580 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7581 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7582 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7583 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7588 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7590 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7591 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7593 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7594 be called from a signal handler.
7597 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7598 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7600 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7602 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7604 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7605 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7606 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7609 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7611 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7612 x_error_message
->string
,
7613 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7616 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7617 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7620 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7621 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7622 stored in *x_error_message.
7624 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7625 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7627 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7630 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7632 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7634 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7638 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7639 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7640 x_error_message
= data
;
7643 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7644 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7647 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7649 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7653 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7654 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7655 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7656 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7658 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7659 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7664 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7665 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7666 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7669 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7671 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7674 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7676 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7677 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7678 x_uncatch_errors ();
7679 error (format
, string
);
7683 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7684 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7687 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7689 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7692 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7695 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7698 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7700 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7703 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7704 * idea. --lorentey */
7705 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7708 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7710 while (x_error_message
)
7711 x_uncatch_errors ();
7716 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7719 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7724 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7725 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7726 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7727 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7728 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7731 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7732 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7735 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7736 must reestablish each time */
7737 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7742 /************************************************************************
7744 ************************************************************************/
7746 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7748 static char *error_msg
;
7750 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7751 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7754 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7756 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7757 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7758 int idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7760 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7761 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7762 handling_signal
= 0;
7764 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7765 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7769 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7771 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7772 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7775 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7776 that are on the dead display. */
7777 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7779 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7781 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7782 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7783 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7784 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7785 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7786 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7789 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7790 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7791 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7792 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7793 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7794 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7796 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7797 trying to find a replacement. */
7798 KVAR (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
) = Qt
;
7799 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7802 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7803 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7806 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7807 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7808 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7810 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7811 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7812 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7813 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7814 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7815 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7816 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7817 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7818 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7821 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7823 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7824 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7826 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7827 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7828 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7829 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7834 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7835 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7839 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7841 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7842 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7846 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7848 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7850 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7851 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7853 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7854 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7856 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7857 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7859 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7860 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7861 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7862 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7865 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7866 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7867 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7869 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7870 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7873 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7876 if (event
->error_code
== BadMatch
7877 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
7878 && event
->minor_code
== 0)
7884 if (x_error_message
)
7885 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7887 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7891 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7892 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7893 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7895 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7897 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7898 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7900 static void NO_INLINE
7901 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7903 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7905 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7906 or colors that are not defined. */
7908 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7911 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7912 original error handler. */
7914 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7915 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7916 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7917 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7921 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7922 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7923 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7926 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7930 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7931 DisplayString (display
));
7932 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7936 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7938 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7939 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7940 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7944 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7946 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7949 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7950 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7951 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7952 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7956 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7957 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7958 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7959 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7960 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7962 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7964 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7965 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7967 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7968 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7969 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7973 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7974 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7977 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7979 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7980 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7981 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7982 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7983 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7988 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7991 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8000 /***********************************************************************
8002 ***********************************************************************/
8008 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8009 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8010 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8013 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8015 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8016 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8020 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8021 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8023 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8024 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8026 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8027 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8031 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8032 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8033 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8037 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8040 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8041 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8044 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8045 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8048 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8056 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8057 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8064 XIMCallback destroy
;
8067 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8068 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8071 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8072 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8073 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8079 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8080 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8084 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8086 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8087 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8088 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8089 when the callback was registered. */
8092 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8094 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8095 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8097 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8101 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8103 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8104 as they have no XIC. */
8105 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8107 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8110 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8112 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8115 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8116 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8118 create_frame_xic (f
);
8119 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8120 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8121 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8123 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8124 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8133 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8136 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8137 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8138 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8139 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8142 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8144 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8148 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8149 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8152 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8153 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8154 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8155 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8156 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8157 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8158 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8159 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8160 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8161 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8162 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8163 least, hence the configure test. */
8164 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8165 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8166 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8167 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8169 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8173 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8176 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8181 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8182 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8183 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8185 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8186 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8187 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8188 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8189 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8190 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8191 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8192 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8194 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8197 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8201 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8202 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8205 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8207 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8209 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8210 is already for the top-left corner. */
8211 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8214 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8215 position that fits on the screen. */
8216 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8217 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8218 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8221 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8223 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8224 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8225 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8227 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8228 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8229 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8230 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8233 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8234 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8236 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8239 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8240 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8241 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8244 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8245 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8246 so the flags should correspond. */
8247 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8250 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8251 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8252 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8253 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8254 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8257 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8259 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8261 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8263 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8264 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8268 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8270 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8272 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8273 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8275 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8278 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8280 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8281 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8283 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8285 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8286 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8287 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8288 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8289 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8292 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8293 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8295 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8296 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8299 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8300 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8301 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8302 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8305 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8306 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8307 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8309 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8310 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8311 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8312 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8313 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8314 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8319 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8320 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8321 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8322 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8323 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8326 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8329 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8330 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8331 Window wmcheck_window
;
8332 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8333 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8334 long max_len
= 65536;
8335 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8336 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8337 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8341 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8342 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8343 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8344 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8345 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8346 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8348 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8350 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8351 x_uncatch_errors ();
8356 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8359 /* Check if window exists. */
8360 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8362 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8364 x_uncatch_errors ();
8369 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8371 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8372 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8373 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8374 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8375 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8376 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8378 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8380 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8381 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8382 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8383 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8384 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8386 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8388 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8389 x_uncatch_errors ();
8394 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8395 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8396 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8401 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8402 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8404 x_uncatch_errors ();
8411 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8413 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8415 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8416 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8418 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8420 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8422 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8424 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8429 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8432 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8434 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8436 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8437 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8440 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8441 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8442 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8444 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8447 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8453 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8454 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8455 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8456 long max_len
= 65536;
8457 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8458 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8459 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8462 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8465 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8466 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8467 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8468 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8469 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8471 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8473 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8474 x_uncatch_errors ();
8476 return ! f
->iconified
;
8479 x_uncatch_errors ();
8481 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8483 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8484 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8486 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8488 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8489 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8491 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8493 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8495 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8496 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8498 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8500 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8501 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8502 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8506 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8511 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8514 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8516 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8517 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8520 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8522 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8523 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8525 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8527 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8531 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8533 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8534 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8535 are sent at once. */
8536 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8538 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8539 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8540 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8541 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8542 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8543 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8545 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8546 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8547 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8548 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8549 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8550 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8551 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8553 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8554 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8555 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8556 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8557 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8558 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8559 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8561 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8562 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8563 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8564 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8565 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8567 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8568 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8569 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8571 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8572 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8575 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8579 return have_net_atom
;
8583 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8585 if (f
->async_visible
)
8588 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8596 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8598 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8601 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8606 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8609 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8612 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8615 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8620 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8621 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8626 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8627 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8629 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8631 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8634 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8635 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8637 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8638 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8639 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8641 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8643 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8644 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8646 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8648 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8649 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8650 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8651 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8652 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8654 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8655 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8657 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8658 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8661 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8666 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8667 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8668 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8669 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8670 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8671 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8672 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8675 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8677 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8679 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8680 window manager window around the frame. */
8682 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8684 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8686 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8691 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8692 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8693 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8695 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8697 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8698 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8700 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8701 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8703 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8706 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8707 frame's position. */
8709 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8713 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8714 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8715 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8716 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8717 of an exact comparison. */
8720 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8724 while (count
++ < 50)
8726 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8728 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8729 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8732 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8733 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8737 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8740 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8741 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8744 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8748 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8749 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8751 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8755 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8757 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8759 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8762 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8763 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8765 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8766 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8768 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8769 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8770 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8771 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8772 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8774 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8776 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8777 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8778 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8780 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8785 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8786 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8788 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8789 break; /* Timeout */
8791 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8792 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8796 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8797 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8798 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8799 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8802 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8804 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8806 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8807 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8808 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8810 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8812 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8814 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8815 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8816 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8817 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8819 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8820 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8821 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8822 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8825 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8826 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8827 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8828 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8829 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8831 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8832 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8833 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8834 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8836 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8837 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8838 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8839 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8840 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8842 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8845 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8846 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8847 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8848 if (f
->async_visible
)
8849 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8852 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8853 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8854 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8860 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8861 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8862 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8863 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8866 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8870 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8874 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8875 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8876 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8877 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8878 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8879 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8880 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8881 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8882 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8883 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8885 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8887 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8888 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8889 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8890 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8891 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8892 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8893 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8897 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8898 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8900 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8901 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8903 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8905 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8907 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8908 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8910 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8911 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8912 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8913 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8914 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8919 /* Mouse warping. */
8922 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8926 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8927 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8929 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8930 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8932 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8933 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8937 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8938 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8942 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8945 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8949 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8950 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8954 /* Raise frame F. */
8957 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8960 if (f
->async_visible
)
8961 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8963 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8967 /* Lower frame F. */
8970 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8972 if (f
->async_visible
)
8975 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8976 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8981 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8984 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8986 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8987 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8989 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8990 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8993 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8994 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8995 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8997 Fcons (make_number (1),
8998 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9004 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
9012 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9014 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
9016 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9018 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
9021 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
9023 unsigned long data
[2];
9024 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9026 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9029 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9030 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9031 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9033 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
9036 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
9037 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9041 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9042 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9043 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9044 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9045 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
9046 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
9047 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9048 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9049 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9051 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9052 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9053 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9056 /* Change of visibility. */
9058 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9059 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9060 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9061 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9062 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9063 finishes with it. */
9066 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9069 int original_top
, original_left
;
9070 int retry_count
= 2;
9076 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9078 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9080 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9082 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9083 call x_set_offset a second time
9084 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9085 before the window gets really visible. */
9086 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9087 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9088 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9089 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9091 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9093 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9094 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9095 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9096 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9097 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9100 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9101 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9103 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9105 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9106 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9108 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9109 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9111 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9112 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9113 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9116 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9118 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9119 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9120 so that incoming events are handled. */
9124 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9125 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9126 will set it when they are handled. */
9127 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9129 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9130 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9132 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9135 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9137 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9138 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9139 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9140 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9142 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9143 because the window manager may choose the position
9144 and we don't want to override it. */
9146 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9147 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9148 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9149 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9150 && previously_visible
)
9154 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9158 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9159 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9160 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9161 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9162 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9163 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9164 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9165 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9166 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9168 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9169 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9170 original_left
, original_top
);
9175 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9177 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9178 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9179 MapNotify at all.. */
9180 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9181 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9183 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9186 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9187 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9188 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9189 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9190 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9192 if (input_polling_used ())
9194 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9195 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9196 handler reset it. */
9197 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9198 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9199 poll_for_input_1 ();
9200 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9203 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9204 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9209 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9213 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9214 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9215 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9216 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9218 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9223 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9225 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9228 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9232 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9233 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9235 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9236 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9237 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9241 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9242 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9243 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9244 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9245 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9246 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9249 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9250 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9253 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9254 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9259 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9260 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9262 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9263 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9267 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9268 just by the event that we get from the server.
9269 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9270 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9271 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9273 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9274 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9275 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9282 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9285 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9287 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9292 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9293 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9294 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9296 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9301 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9303 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9305 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9307 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9308 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9310 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9311 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9313 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9316 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9317 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9323 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9325 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9327 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9328 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9329 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9330 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9331 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9332 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9333 so we have to record it here. */
9336 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9337 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9342 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9343 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9344 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9348 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9350 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9351 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9355 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9357 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9359 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9360 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9361 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9362 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9363 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9364 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9366 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9367 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9369 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9370 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9374 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9375 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9376 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9377 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9378 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9380 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9381 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9383 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9386 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9387 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9391 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9393 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9395 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9397 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9398 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9401 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9402 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9404 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9406 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9410 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9413 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9415 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9416 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9417 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9419 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9424 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9425 commands to the X server. */
9426 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9428 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9429 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9431 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9432 free_frame_faces (f
);
9434 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9435 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9437 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9438 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9439 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9440 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9441 toolkit scroll bars. */
9442 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9444 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9445 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9454 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9455 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9457 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9458 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9460 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9461 we are using a toolkit. */
9462 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9463 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9465 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9466 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9469 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9470 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9472 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9473 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9474 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9476 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9477 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9478 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9479 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9480 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9481 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9483 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9484 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9485 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9486 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9487 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9488 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9489 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9490 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9491 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9492 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9493 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9494 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9495 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9496 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9497 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9500 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9503 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9504 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9505 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9507 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9508 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9509 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9510 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9511 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9512 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9514 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9516 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9517 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9518 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9519 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9520 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9521 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9522 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9529 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9532 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9534 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9536 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9537 commands to the X server. */
9538 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9539 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9541 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9545 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9547 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9548 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9549 that the window now has.
9550 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9551 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9552 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9556 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9558 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9559 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9561 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9562 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9564 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9565 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9567 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9568 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9570 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9571 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9572 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9573 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9574 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9575 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9577 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9579 int base_width
, base_height
;
9580 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9582 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9583 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9585 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9587 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9588 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9589 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9590 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9591 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9593 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9594 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9595 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9597 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9598 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9599 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9600 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9601 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9604 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9607 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9612 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9613 long supplied_return
;
9616 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9620 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9625 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9626 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9627 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9628 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9629 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9630 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9631 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9632 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9639 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9640 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9644 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9645 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9647 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9649 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9651 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9653 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9656 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9658 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9661 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9662 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9663 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9664 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9666 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9667 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9669 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9670 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9674 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9676 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9678 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9679 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9684 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9685 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9686 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9687 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9691 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9699 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9703 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9707 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9708 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9709 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9710 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9713 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9715 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9716 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9718 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9722 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9724 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9726 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9727 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9728 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9730 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9734 /***********************************************************************
9736 ***********************************************************************/
9740 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9744 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9746 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9747 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9748 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9751 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9754 /***********************************************************************
9756 ***********************************************************************/
9758 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9759 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9760 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9761 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9763 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9764 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9765 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9767 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9768 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9769 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9770 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9771 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9772 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9773 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9776 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9778 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9780 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9782 static int x_initialized
;
9784 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9785 the screen number from the server number. */
9787 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9790 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9791 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9792 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9794 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9795 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9796 length_until_period
++;
9798 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9799 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9801 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9803 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9804 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9805 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9806 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9807 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9808 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9809 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9810 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9811 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9812 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9813 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9814 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9815 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9816 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9818 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9822 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9826 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9827 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9830 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9831 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9834 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9855 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9856 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9859 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9864 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9866 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9874 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9875 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9877 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9878 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9882 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9883 the structure that describes the open display.
9884 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9886 struct x_display_info
*
9887 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9891 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9892 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9894 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9905 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9906 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9912 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9913 char **argv2
= argv
;
9916 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9918 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9922 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9923 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9925 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9929 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9931 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9933 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9934 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9937 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9938 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9940 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9942 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9943 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9945 static char fix_events
[] = "GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1";
9946 putenv (fix_events
);
9949 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9950 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9951 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9952 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9953 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9954 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9956 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9960 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9962 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
9963 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9965 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
9966 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9968 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9969 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9971 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9972 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9974 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9975 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9979 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9980 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9983 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9984 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9985 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9987 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9988 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9989 So let's not use it until R6. */
9991 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10002 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10003 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10005 turn_on_atimers (0);
10006 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
10007 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10008 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10010 turn_on_atimers (1);
10012 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10013 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10018 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10019 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10020 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
10021 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10022 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10024 /* Detect failure. */
10031 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10033 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10034 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10035 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10037 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10040 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10043 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10044 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10045 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10046 SSDATA (display_name
)))
10049 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10052 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10053 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10054 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vwindow_system
) = Qx
;
10056 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10057 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10058 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10059 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10060 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10062 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10064 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10066 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10067 list of terminals. */
10068 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10069 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10070 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10071 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10073 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10074 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10076 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vsystem_key_alist
)
10077 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10078 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10080 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10081 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10085 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10086 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10087 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10088 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10089 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10091 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10094 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10095 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10096 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10098 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10099 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10100 x_display_name_list
);
10101 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10103 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10105 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10106 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10107 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10108 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10111 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10114 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10115 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10116 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10118 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10119 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10121 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10122 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10124 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10125 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10127 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10129 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10130 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10131 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10133 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10134 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10136 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10137 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10138 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10139 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10141 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10143 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10145 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10147 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10148 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10149 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10150 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10151 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10152 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10153 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10154 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10155 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10156 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10157 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10158 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10159 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10160 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10161 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10162 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10163 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10164 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10165 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10166 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10167 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10168 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10169 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10170 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10171 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10172 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10173 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10174 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10176 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10177 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10178 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10180 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10182 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10183 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10184 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10185 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10186 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10187 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10190 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10191 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10193 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10196 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10197 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10198 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10200 if (STRINGP (value
)
10201 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10202 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10203 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10207 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10208 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10212 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10213 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10214 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10215 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10216 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10218 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10220 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10221 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10225 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10227 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10228 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10229 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10230 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10231 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10232 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10233 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10234 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10235 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10244 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10245 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10246 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10247 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10248 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10249 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10250 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10251 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10252 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10253 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10254 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10255 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10256 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10257 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10258 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10259 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10260 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10261 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10262 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10263 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10264 { "ATOM", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM
},
10265 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10266 { "CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
},
10267 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10268 /* For properties of font. */
10269 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10270 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10271 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10272 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10273 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10274 /* Ghostscript support. */
10275 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10276 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10277 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10278 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10280 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10281 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10282 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10283 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10284 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10285 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10286 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10287 { "_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
},
10288 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10289 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10290 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10291 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10292 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10293 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10294 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10295 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10296 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10297 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10298 /* Session management */
10299 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10300 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10301 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10305 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10306 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10307 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10308 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (sizeof (Atom
) * total_atom_count
);
10309 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * total_atom_count
);
10310 char xsettings_atom_name
[64];
10312 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10313 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10315 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10316 snprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, sizeof (xsettings_atom_name
),
10317 "_XSETTINGS_S%d", XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10318 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10320 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10321 False
, atoms_return
);
10323 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10324 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10326 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10327 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10329 xfree (atom_names
);
10330 xfree (atoms_return
);
10333 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10334 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10335 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10336 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10338 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10339 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10340 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10342 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10343 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10347 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10349 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10354 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10357 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10359 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10360 if (connection
!= 0)
10361 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10364 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10365 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10368 if (interrupt_input
)
10369 init_sigio (connection
);
10370 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10374 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10377 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10378 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10379 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10380 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10381 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10382 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10383 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10384 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10385 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10387 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10388 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10389 x_uncatch_errors ();
10393 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10394 for debugging X code. */
10397 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10398 build_string ("synchronous"),
10399 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10401 if (STRINGP (value
)
10402 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10403 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10404 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10409 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10410 build_string ("useXIM"),
10411 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10414 if (STRINGP (value
)
10415 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10416 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10419 if (STRINGP (value
)
10420 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10421 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10427 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10428 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10430 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10431 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10439 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10440 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10443 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10445 struct terminal
*t
;
10447 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10449 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10450 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10453 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10454 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10455 x_session_close ();
10457 delete_terminal (t
);
10461 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10463 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10464 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10465 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10466 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10467 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10472 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10473 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10475 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10477 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10480 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10484 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10485 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10487 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10488 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10491 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10493 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10494 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10495 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10498 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10499 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10500 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10504 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10506 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10507 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10508 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10509 that slows us down. */
10512 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10515 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10516 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10518 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10519 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10520 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10521 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10526 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10527 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10528 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10529 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10530 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10531 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10532 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10535 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10538 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10540 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10542 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10543 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10544 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10549 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10552 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10554 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10556 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10558 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10562 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10564 x_after_update_window_line
,
10565 x_update_window_begin
,
10566 x_update_window_end
,
10572 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10574 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10575 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10576 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10577 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10578 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10579 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10580 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10581 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10582 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10583 x_clear_frame_area
,
10584 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10585 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10586 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10590 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10592 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10594 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10596 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10597 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10598 if (!terminal
->name
)
10603 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10606 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10609 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10610 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10611 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10613 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10614 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10616 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10617 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10618 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10619 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10621 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10622 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10623 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10624 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10625 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10626 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10627 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10628 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10629 leaks in other situations. */
10631 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10632 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10634 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10636 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10637 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10638 closing all the displays. */
10639 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10643 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10645 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10646 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10648 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10650 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10653 /* Mark as dead. */
10654 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10655 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10659 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10660 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10662 static struct terminal
*
10663 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10665 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10667 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10669 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10670 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10671 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10673 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10675 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10676 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10677 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10678 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10679 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10680 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10681 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10682 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10683 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10684 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10685 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10686 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10687 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10688 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10689 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10690 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10691 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10692 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10693 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10694 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10696 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10697 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10699 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10700 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10701 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10702 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10703 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10704 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10711 x_initialize (void)
10716 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10717 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10718 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10721 current_count
= -1;
10724 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10725 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10727 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10728 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10730 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10732 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10733 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10734 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10735 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10736 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10737 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10738 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10740 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10743 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10745 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10746 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10750 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10751 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10752 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10754 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10755 original error handler. */
10756 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10757 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10759 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10761 xgselect_initialize ();
10766 syms_of_xterm (void)
10768 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10770 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10771 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10773 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10774 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10776 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10777 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10779 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10780 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10783 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10784 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10786 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10789 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10790 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10791 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10792 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10793 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10794 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10795 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10797 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10799 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10800 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10801 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10802 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10803 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10804 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10805 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10807 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10808 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10809 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10810 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10811 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10812 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10813 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10814 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10815 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10817 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10818 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10819 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10820 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10821 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10822 With MS Windows, the value is t. */);
10823 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10825 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10826 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10827 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10829 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10831 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10834 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10837 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10838 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10840 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10841 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10842 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10843 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10844 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10845 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10846 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10847 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10848 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10850 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10851 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10852 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10853 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10854 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10855 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10857 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10858 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10859 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10860 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10861 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10862 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10864 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10865 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10866 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10867 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10868 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10869 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10871 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10872 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10873 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10874 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10875 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10876 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10878 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10879 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10880 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10881 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10882 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10886 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */